Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of November 23, 2005 
 Among 
 TEAM FINANCE LLC, 
 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION, 
 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO 
 and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
 11 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	14.03
	       (c)
	  	14.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06;7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06;14.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;14.02; 14.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	14.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05;14.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12;9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	14.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	14.01

 N.A. means not
applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE 1	  	
			
		  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	Definitions.	  	1
	 Section 1.02
	  	Other Definitions.	  	27
	 Section 1.03
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	29
	 Section 1.04
	  	Rules of Construction.	  	29
	 Section 1.05
	  	Acts of Holders.	  	30
			
		  	ARTICLE 2	  	
			
		  	THE NOTES	  	
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	Form and Dating; Terms.	  	31
	 Section 2.02
	  	Execution and Authentication.	  	32
	 Section 2.03
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	32
	 Section 2.04
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	  	33
	 Section 2.05
	  	Holder Lists.	  	33
	 Section 2.06
	  	Transfer and Exchange.	  	33
	 Section 2.07
	  	Replacement Notes.	  	34
	 Section 2.08
	  	Outstanding Notes.	  	35
	 Section 2.09
	  	Treasury Notes.	  	35
	 Section 2.10
	  	Temporary Notes.	  	35
	 Section 2.11
	  	Cancellation.	  	35
	 Section 2.12
	  	Defaulted Interest.	  	36
	 Section 2.13
	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	36
			
		  	ARTICLE 3	  	
			
		  	REDEMPTION	  	
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	Notices to Trustee.	  	36
	 Section 3.02
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.	  	37
	 Section 3.03
	  	Notice of Redemption.	  	37
	 Section 3.04
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	38
	 Section 3.05
	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.	  	38
	 Section 3.06
	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.	  	38
	 Section 3.07
	  	Optional Redemption.	  	39
	 Section 3.08
	  	Mandatory Redemption.	  	39
	 Section 3.09
	  	Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	  	40
			
		  	ARTICLE 4	  	
			
		  	COVENANTS	  	
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	Payment of Notes.	  	41

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 4.02
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	42
	 Section 4.03
	  	Reports and Other Information.	  	42
	 Section 4.04
	  	Compliance Certificate.	  	43
	 Section 4.05
	  	Taxes.	  	44
	 Section 4.06
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	  	44
	 Section 4.07
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments.	  	44
	 Section 4.08
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	50
	 Section 4.09
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.	  	52
	 Section 4.10
	  	Asset Sales.	  	56
	 Section 4.11
	  	Transactions with Affiliates.	  	59
	 Section 4.12
	  	Liens.	  	61
	 Section 4.13
	  	Limited Liability Company and Corporate Existence.	  	61
	 Section 4.14
	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.	  	61
	 Section 4.15
	  	Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	63
	 Section 4.16
	  	[intentionally omitted.]	  	64
	 Section 4.17
	  	Limitation on Layering.	  	64
	 Section 4.18
	  	Limitation on the Conduct of Business of the Co-Issuer.	  	64
			
		  	 ARTICLE 5
	  	
			
		  	 SUCCESSORS
	  	
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.	  	64
	 Section 5.02
	  	Successor Entity Substituted.	  	66
			
		  	ARTICLE 6	  	
			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	Events of Default.	  	66
	 Section 6.02
	  	Acceleration.	  	69
	 Section 6.03
	  	Other Remedies.	  	69
	 Section 6.04
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	69
	 Section 6.05
	  	Control by Majority.	  	70
	 Section 6.06
	  	Limitation on Suits.	  	70
	 Section 6.07
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	  	70
	 Section 6.08
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	70
	 Section 6.09
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies.	  	71
	 Section 6.10
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative.	  	71
	 Section 6.11
	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver.	  	71
	 Section 6.12
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	71
	 Section 6.13
	  	Priorities.	  	72
	 Section 6.14
	  	Undertaking for Costs.	  	72
			
		  	ARTICLE 7	  	
			
		  	TRUSTEE	  	
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	Duties of Trustee.	  	72
	 Section 7.02
	  	Rights of Trustee.	  	73

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 7.03
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	74
	 Section 7.04
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	74
	 Section 7.05
	  	Notice of Defaults.	  	75
	 Section 7.06
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	  	75
	 Section 7.07
	  	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	75
	 Section 7.08
	  	Replacement of Trustee.	  	76
	 Section 7.09
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	77
	 Section 7.10
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	77
	 Section 7.11
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.	  	77
			
		  	ARTICLE 8	  	
			
		  	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	77
	 Section 8.02
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	  	77
	 Section 8.03
	  	Covenant Defeasance.	  	78
	 Section 8.04
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	  	79
	 Section 8.05
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	  	80
	 Section 8.06
	  	Repayment to Issuers.	  	80
	 Section 8.07
	  	Reinstatement.	  	80
			
		  	ARTICLE 9	  	
			
		  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	81
	 Section 9.02
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	82
	 Section 9.03
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	83
	 Section 9.04
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	83
	 Section 9.05
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	84
	 Section 9.06
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	84
	 Section 9.07
	  	Payment for Consent.	  	84
			
		  	ARTICLE 10	  	
			
		  	SUBORDINATION	  	
			
	 Section 10.01
	  	Agreement To Subordinate.	  	84
	 Section 10.02
	  	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.	  	85
	 Section 10.03
	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers.	  	85
	 Section 10.04
	  	Acceleration of Payment of Notes.	  	86
	 Section 10.05
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	  	86
	 Section 10.06
	  	Subrogation.	  	86
	 Section 10.07
	  	Relative Rights.	  	87
	 Section 10.08
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers.	  	87
	 Section 10.09
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	87
	 Section 10.10
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	87
	 Section 10.11
	  	Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate.	  	88
	 Section 10.12
	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.	  	88

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 10.13
	  	Trustee Entitled To Rely.	  	88
	 Section 10.14
	  	Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.	  	88
	 Section 10.15
	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers.	  	88
	 Section 10.16
	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers on Subordination Provisions.	  	89
			
		  	ARTICLE 11	  	
			
		  	GUARANTEES	  	
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	Guarantee.	  	89
	 Section 11.02
	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	  	91
	 Section 11.03
	  	Execution and Delivery.	  	91
	 Section 11.04
	  	Subrogation.	  	91
	 Section 11.05
	  	Benefits Acknowledged.	  	92
	 Section 11.06
	  	Release of Guarantees.	  	92
			
		  	ARTICLE 12	  	
			
		  	SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES	  	
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	Agreement To Subordinate.	  	92
	 Section 12.02
	  	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.	  	93
	 Section 12.03
	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.	  	93
	 Section 12.04
	  	Demand for Payment.	  	94
	 Section 12.05
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	  	94
	 Section 12.06
	  	Subrogation.	  	94
	 Section 12.07
	  	Relative Rights.	  	95
	 Section 12.08
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor.	  	95
	 Section 12.09
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	95
	 Section 12.10
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	95
	 Section 12.11
	  	Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment.	  	96
	 Section 12.12
	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.	  	96
	 Section 12.13
	  	Trustee Entitled To Rely.	  	96
	 Section 12.14
	  	Trustee To Effectuate Subordination.	  	96
	 Section 12.15
	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors.	  	96
	 Section 12.16
	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions.	  	97
			
		  	ARTICLE 13	  	
			
		  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	
			
	 Section 13.01
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	97
	 Section 13.02
	  	Application of Trust Money.	  	98

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	    	 	  	Page
		    	ARTICLE 14	  	
			
		    	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
			
	 Section 14.01
	    	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	98
	 Section 14.02
	    	Notices.	  	99
	 Section 14.03
	    	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	  	99
	 Section 14.04
	    	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	100
	 Section 14.05
	    	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	100
	 Section 14.06
	    	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	100
	 Section 14.07
	    	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	100
	 Section 14.08
	    	Governing Law.	  	101
	 Section 14.09
	    	Waiver of Jury Trial.	  	101
	 Section 14.10
	    	Force Majeure.	  	101
	 Section 14.11
	    	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	101
	 Section 14.12
	    	Successors.	  	101
	 Section 14.13
	    	Severability.	  	101
	 Section 14.14
	    	Counterpart Originals.	  	101
	 Section 14.15
	    	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	101
	 Section 14.16
	    	Qualification of Indenture.	  	102

  

			
	Appendix A	  	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
		
	Exhibit A	  	Form of Initial Note
	Exhibit B	  	Form of Exchange Note
	Exhibit C	  	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
	Exhibit D	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Team Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (“Team Finance”), Health Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“HFC”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.

 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction (as defined herein), Ensemble Acquisition LLC has been merged with and into Team Health Holdings, L.L.C., the
parent company of Team Finance and HFC, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement (as defined herein); 
 WHEREAS, Team
Finance, HFC and the Guarantors have executed a Joinder to the Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof pursuant to which Team Finance, HFC and the Guarantors have become party to the Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 2005, among Ensemble
Acquisition LLC and the Initial Purchasers (as defined herein), relating to the initial sale and issuance of the Initial Notes (as defined below); 
 WHEREAS, each of Team Finance and HFC has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $215,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Initial Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, each of Team Finance, HFC and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, Team Finance, HFC, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “Acquired
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the
time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such
specified Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued
from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1)1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 
 (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at
December 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through December 1, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption
Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition
as a “disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 
 in each case, other than: 
 (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of
business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b)
the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 (c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under
Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5.0 million; 
 (e)
any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
  

 -2- 

 (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like
property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 
 (g) the lease, assignment or sub lease of any real or
personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or
other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures on assets; 
 (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; 
 (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date,
including Sale and Lease Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; 
 (l) the issuance by a
Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted to be made under Section 4.09 hereof; and 
 (m) the licensing
of intellectual property. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or
business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means PUG Ltd. and any successor to it, and any other Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating
self-insurance programs of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 
  

 -3- 

 (2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to
time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or
insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of
acquisition; 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less
from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks
and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non U.S. banks; 
 (5)
repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the
date of creation thereof; 
 (7) marketable short term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or
A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date
of creation thereof; 
 (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (7) above; 
 (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory
of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or
less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and 
 (12) any investment which would constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (11) of this
definition if the maturity of such investment was 24 months or less or 12 months or less, as the case may be; provided that (x) such investment is made with the purpose of satisfying future contingent obligations arising out of the
Issuer and its Subsidiaries’ self-insurance programs and (y) the maturity of such investment is not more than 12 months later than the estimated date of payment of such contingent liabilities as measured at the date of acquisition of such
investment. 
  

 -4- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other
than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the
receipt of such amounts. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 
 (2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way
of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single
transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or
more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Co-Issuer” means HFC and not any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred
financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted
(and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) any Additional
Interest, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and
charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized
interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
  

 -5- 

 (3) interest income for such period of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than interest income of any Captive Insurance Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary). 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a
Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 
 (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or
expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior to June 30, 2006), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such
period, 
 (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or
losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 
 (4) any after-tax effect of gains
or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded, 
 (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by
the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the Net Income of such Person to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments made by
such Person are actually paid (or, in the case of Net Income of Mid-Ohio Emergency Services LLC, could have been paid) in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such
period, 
 (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income
is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that
Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the Net Income of such Person to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) by such Person to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (7)
effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other 
  

 -6- 

 intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial
statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, 
 (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments shall be excluded, 
 (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the
amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded, 
 (10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded
from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded, 
 (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests,
refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring
merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and 
 (12) accruals and
reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there
shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or
dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
 “Consolidated Senior Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of Senior
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, to (2) EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, with such pro
forma and other adjustments to each of Senior Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma and other adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other
obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect
security therefor, 
  

 -7- 

 (2) to advance or supply funds 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 
 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including
the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long term indebtedness, including
any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or
credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that
increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
 “Custodian” means the
Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any
event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive
Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in
Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer,
less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a 
  

 -8- 

 Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries)
and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof,
the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
 “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit
Facilities; and 
 (2) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $50.0
million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.” 
 “Disqualified
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,
matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a
change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital
Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “EBITDA” means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period 
 (1) increased (without
duplication) by: 
 (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state,
franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments
entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person
for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by
this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the
Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  

 -9- 

 (e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in
such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus 
 (f) any other non cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided
that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of
a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 
 (g) the amount of any minority interest expense
consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the
extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus 
 (i) the amount of net cost savings projected by the
Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual
benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken within 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the
aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $15.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second
paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus 
 (j) the amount of loss on sale of
receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus 
 (k) any
costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the
extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash
proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (2) decreased by
(without duplication) non cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in
any prior period, and 
  

 -10- 

 (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication): 
 (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 133; plus or minus, as applicable, 
 (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from
currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk). 
 “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale
of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and 
 (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 
 “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend issued in the Exchange Offer. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for the term “Registered Exchange Offer” in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, or 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or
employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are
sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
  

 -11- 

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than
Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for
which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred
to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four quarter reference period. If since the beginning of
such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period. 
 For purposes
of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating
rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period
(taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the
Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro
forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an
interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the
Issuer may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 
  

 -12- 

 (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid
(excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any
Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States which are in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in
Exhibit A to this Indenture. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government
Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government
Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest
rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of
interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name
a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
  

 -13- 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 
 (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (a) in respect of borrowed money; 
 (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except
(i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such earn-out obligation becomes
fixed and determinable; or 
 (d) representing any Hedging Obligations; 
 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not
otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the
balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial
Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for
which it has been engaged. 
 “Initial Notes” as defined in the recitals hereto. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and ING Financial Markets LLC. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means June 1 and December 1 of each year to
stated maturity. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moody’s and BBB (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
  

 -14- 

 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof
(other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any
debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (3) investments in any
fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of
loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes)
of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 4.07 hereof: 
 (1)”Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (a) the Issuer “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer. 
 “Investors” means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing. 
 “Issue Date” means November 23, 2005. 
 “Issuer” means Team Finance
and not any of its Subsidiaries; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under this Indenture, “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the board of representatives of the Issuer
when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $5.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated). “Issuers” means, collectively, the Issuer and the Co-Issuer and not any of their Subsidiaries. 
  

 -15- 

 “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuers by an
Officer of each Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of
New York. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation,
charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;
provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to
any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents
received in a Permitted Asset Swap or upon the sale or other disposition or collection of any Designated Non-cash Consideration or securities received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition
of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking
into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause
(1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any
liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and
liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes
that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  

 -16- 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated November 17, 2005,
relating to the sale of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor,
the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor,
as applicable. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the
concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash
or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 “Permitted Holders” means each
of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or
any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) any Investment
in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in
connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
  

 -17- 

 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date; 
 (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 
 (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or
as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 
 (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 
 (8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity
Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause
(3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

 (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof); 
 (12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investments (with the
fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility; 
 (15) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified employee retirement plan or similar employee
compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuers and any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such plans; 
  

 -18- 

 (16) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $3.0
million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and 
 (17) loans and advances to officers, directors, representatives
and employees for business related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of
the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof. 
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 
 (1) Equity Interests in the Issuer, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; or 
 (2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior
Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under this Indenture; 
 provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is treated
as part of the same class as the Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation
of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S.
government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for
a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other
proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of
its business; 
  

 -19- 

 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights
of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such
Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the
business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b) or
(18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of,
such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a
merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a
Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and
proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the
Issuer’s clients; 
  

 -20- 

 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Receivables Facility; 
 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive
refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new
Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of
(i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an
amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01
hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated
has not expired; 
 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of
customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Liens (i) of a
collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of
business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;
provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 
 (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative
purposes; and 
 (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository
relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business. 
  

 -21- 

 For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on
such Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 
 “PUG Ltd.” means Physicians Underwriting Group, Ltd., a Cayman Islands entity. 
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business;
provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may
be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables
Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non recourse (except for customary
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or
participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables
Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if
any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers,
as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that
any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt
of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -22- 

 “Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of
Senior Indebtedness the Issuers. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those
performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a
Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of Exhibit A
to this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means the Co-Issuer and, at any time, any other direct or indirect Subsidiary
of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be
included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a
division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease Back
Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by
a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered
into as of the Issue Date by and among Team Health Holdings, L.L.C., the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial
paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing
facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof). 
  

 -23- 

 “Senior Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and related Guarantees
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto,
regardless of whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date
or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments; 
 (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of
such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred
under the terms of this Indenture; 
 (3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be
incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and 
 (4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); 
 provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 
 (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 
 (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; 
 (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other
Obligation of such Person; or 
 (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation
of this Indenture; provided, however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of this Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the
holder(s) of such Indebtedness or their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated this Indenture and (b) shall have receive a certificate from an officer
of the Issuer to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, Indebtedness which ranks equal
in right of payment to the Notes issued by the Issuers; and 
  

 -24- 

 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to
the Guarantee of such entity of Notes. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined
in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue
Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Sponsor Management Agreement”
means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 
 (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer
or the Co-Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 
 (2) any Indebtedness of any
Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association, or other
business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
in the election of directors, representatives, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof
or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and 
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or similar entity of which 
 (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting
interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership,
general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and 
 (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a
controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated. 
 “Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, including the offer to purchase and the redemption of Team Health, Inc.’s 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012,
the issuance of the Notes, fundings under any Receivables Facility and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  

 -25- 

 “Transaction Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
October 11, 2005 by and among Team Health Holdings, L.L.C., Team Health, Inc., Team Finance, Team Health MergerSub, Inc., Ensemble Parent LLC and Ensemble Acquisition LLC, as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 1, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the
Redemption Date to December 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb). 
 “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Issuer, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding
the Co-Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than
solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be
an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, representatives or Persons performing a similar function
are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer; 
 (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 (3) each of: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 
 (b) its Subsidiaries 
  

 -26- 

 has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such
designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 
 (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or 
 (2)
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, 
 in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the
board of representatives of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the board of directors or representatives of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 
 (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 Section 1.02
Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c) of Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10

  

 -27- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Clearstream”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Guarantee Blockage Notice”
	  	12.03
	 “Guarantee Payment Blockage Period”
	  	12.03
	 “Guarantor Payment Default”
	  	12.03
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “IAI”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Non-Guarantor Payment Default”
	  	12.03
	 “Non-Payment Default”
	  	10.03
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	4.10
	 “pay its Guarantee”
	  	12.03
	 “pay the Notes”
	  	10.03
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	10.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	10.03
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “QIB”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.09
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Regulation S”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A

  

 -28- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Rule 501”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 904”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	4.07

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “Commission” means the SEC; 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuers and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or
defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  

 -29- 

 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance
with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
 (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
 (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections
or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an
“Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and 
 (i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 Section 1.05 Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor
signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and,
where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to
Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 
 (b) The
fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of
deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also
constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee
deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of
the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or
not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  

 -30- 

 (e) The Issuers may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for
purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given
or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall
be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation. 
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any
part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its
agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 
 (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or
proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its
proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 
 (h) The Issuers may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or
take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the
Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders
remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 
 (a)
General. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (a) Initial Notes and the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (b) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers or
any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples thereof. 
  

 -31- 

 (b) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture is unlimited. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of
this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to
repurchase by the Issuers pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

 Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without
notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuers’
ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At
least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a
Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be entitled
to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual or facsimile signature of the
Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 On the
Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order
authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The
Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).
The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar”
includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar 
  

 -32- 

 without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent
not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have
no further liability for the money. If one of the Issuers or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or
reorganization proceedings relating to one of the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. 
 (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (c) No service
charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 
  

 -33- 

 (d) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (e) All Global Notes
and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (f) The Issuers shall not be required
(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of
or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (g) Prior to due presentment for the
registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (h) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the
Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 (i) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like
aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail,
the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (j) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment
of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  

 -34- 

 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by
the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because one of the Issuers or an
Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless
the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note
is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent
(other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Issuers, or by any Affiliate of the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to
deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not one of the Issuers or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuers or of such other obligor. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until
certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes
but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the
benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers. The Issuers may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

 -35- 

 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of
such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted
interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date
for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of
such interest to be paid. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered
under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers 
 The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers
elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but
not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption
date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. 
  

 -36- 

 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or
purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis or, to the extent
that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be
selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for
partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $2,000; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except
that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $2,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed
by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than
60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of
the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness
to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the
Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph or
subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
  

 -37- 

 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to
Section 3.07(b) hereof, any condition to such redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant
to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), Officer’s Certificates requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the
preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In
any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to
Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or
purchase date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and
unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and
after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest
Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase
shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is
paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $2,000. It is understood that,
notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
  

 -38- 

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior
notice mailed by first class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (b) Until December 1, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by them at a
redemption price equal to 111.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the
relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued
under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption
occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (c) Except pursuant
to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to December 1, 2009. 
 (d) On and after December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the
Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve
month period beginning on December 1 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2009
	  	107.000	%
	 2010
	  	102.813	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

 -39- 

 Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow the
procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no
longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers
shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall
be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the
Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice,
which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to
this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (ii) the
Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall
continue to accrue interest; 
 (iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have
a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $2,000 only; 
 (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer
by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  

 -40- 

 (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness
surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari
Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
 (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 
 (e) On
or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,
or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof so tendered. 
 (f) The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or
Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not
repurchased; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall
publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically
provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuers
shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall
be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Issuers or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to
pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 The Issuers shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on
the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 -41- 

 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance
of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York an office or agency (which may be
an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all
such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan in the
City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03
hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such
annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days
after the Issuer files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date, 
 (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then
in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the
information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form; 
 (2) within 45 days after
the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10 Q, or any successor or comparable form; 
 (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8 K, or any
successor or comparable form; and 
 (4) any other information, documents and other reports that the Issuer would be required
to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
  

 -42- 

 in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form;
provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to
providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
which obligation to provide such information may be satisfied by posting such information on its website within the time period specified above. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall furnish to Holders and to
securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information
relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such
parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee as may be required pursuant to this Section 4.03 is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from the information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their
covenants hereunder. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue
Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate,
that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of
Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuers shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or
certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto. 
  

 -43- 

 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they
may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect
the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort
to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (I)
declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or
consolidation other than: 
 (A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of
any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of
such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 
 (II) purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; 
 (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any
scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than: 
 (A) Indebtedness
permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase or other
acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 

 

 -44- 

 (IV) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless,
at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could
incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with
the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding
Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (4), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without
duplication): 
 (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period)
beginning October 1, 2005, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such
period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair
market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to
incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of: 
 (i)(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property
received from the sale of: 
 (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors, representatives or consultants of the
Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b)
hereof; and 
 (y) Designated Preferred Stock 
 and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the
sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or 
  

 -45- 

 (ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such
Equity Interests of the Issuer; 
 provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from
(W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified
Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 
 (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value,
as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than from any Excluded Contributions); plus 
 (d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable
securities or other property received by means of: 
 (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances
(including the release of any guarantee that constituted a Restricted Investment when made), which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or 
 (ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such
Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus 
 (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if, in
the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $15.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a
Permitted Investment. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would
have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  

 -46- 

 (2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity
Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding
Capital Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clauses (5) or (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration
and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the
Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor
made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

 (a) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument
governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness; 
 (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated
Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value; 
 (c) such new Indebtedness has a
final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and 
 (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity
of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; 
 (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for
the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director,
representative, affiliated physician or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan
or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of Team Health, Inc. in connection with the Transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed
$50.0 million in the aggregate, and in any event do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent corporation of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a 
  

 -47- 

 maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $15.0 million in any calendar year (which
shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be
increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors, representatives or consultants of the Issuer, any
of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by
virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof and to the extent such contribution is not an Excluded Contribution; plus 
 (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause
(4); 
 and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management or affiliated
physicians of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent
companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture; 
 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent
such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 
 (6) (a) the declaration and payment of
dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date; 
 (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated
Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually
contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or 
 (c) the declaration and payment of dividends
on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b); 
 provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis,
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
  

 -48- 

 (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable
securities, not to exceed $20.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a
portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the
Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common
stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect
to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S 8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
 (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate
amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed $35.0 million; 
 (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees; 
 (13) any Restricted Payment (i) used to fund the
Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or (ii) owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof; 
 (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof;
provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts
required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication, 
 (a) franchise taxes and
other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence; 
 (b) federal, state and local income taxes,
to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent
attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay

  

 -49- 

 in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted
Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) treated as C corporations (rather than limited liability companies) and were to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity; 
 (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to
the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any
unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and 
 (16) the distribution, dividend or otherwise, of shares of
Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16) of this
Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) The Issuer shall not
permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the
definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (7), (10) or (11) of
Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The
Issuer shall not, and shall not permit the Co-Issuer or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) (A) pay dividends or make any other
distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or 
 (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  

 -50- 

 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under
or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior
Credit Facilities and the related documentation; 
 (2) this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed
in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired; 
 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule,
regulation or order; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its
Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 
 (6) contracts for the sale of
assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12
hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or
other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture; 
 (11) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses
(1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no
more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and 
  

 -51- 

 (13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good
faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility. 
 Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an
“incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least (i) 2.00 to 1.00, if such
incurrence or issuance is on or prior to December 1, 2008 and (ii) 2.25 to 1.00, if such incurrence or issuance is after December 1, 2008, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application
of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such
four quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to: 
 (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any Guarantor and the issuance and creation of letters of
credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time equal to
$550.0 million (plus up to an additional $50.0 million, to the extent the Consolidated Senior Debt Ratio as of the date of Incurrence would have been no greater than 3.75 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred), less the sum of all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(A) in satisfaction of the requirements of
Section 4.10; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including
any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes); 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b)); 
 (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or
equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time equal
to the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time incurred; 
  

 -52- 

 (5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing
or incurrence; 
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that 
 (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (Contingent Obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on
the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(A)); and 
 (B) the
maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
 (7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes; provided further, however that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that if the
Co-Issuer or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor, as applicable;
provided further, however that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary), directly or through the disposition of the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness, shall
be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any
other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock; 
  

 -53- 

 (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative
purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 
 (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the
Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and
(3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash are not Excluded Contributions or have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges
pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer and
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and
liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $60.0 million (it being understood that any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of
Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this
clause (12)(b)); 
 (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, of the Issuer of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3) and (12)(a) of this
Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs
and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the
Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and 
  

 -54- 

 (C) shall not include: 
 (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor (other than the Co-Issuer)
that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer; 
 (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor (other than the Co-Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or 
 (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause
(13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Indebtedness; 
 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons (other than Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred in anticipation of such acquisition or merger) that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either 
 (a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or 
 (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries
is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence; 

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit
Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (17) (a) any guarantee by
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

 (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer provided that such guarantee is incurred
in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof; 
 (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to
exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Foreign
Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18)); and 
  

 -55- 

 (19) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of
(i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09: 
 (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the
Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and
such amounts outstanding under such clause (1) on the Issue Date may not be later reclassified; and 
 (2) at the time of
incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of the same class shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency
shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is
incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date
of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the
Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless: 
 (1)
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

  

 -56- 

 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration
therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes
thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries
have been validly released by all creditors in writing, 
 (B) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and 
 (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the
time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, 
 shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose. 
 (b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 
 (1) to permanently reduce: 
 (A) Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (B) Obligations under Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided
that the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making
an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes
that would otherwise be prepaid, or 
 (C) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer) that is not a
Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, 
 (2) to make (A) an Investment
in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the
Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business, or 
  

 -57- 

 (3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses, provided that
such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it
constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the
date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an
“Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into
another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net
Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not
invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Issuers shall make an
offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale
Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $2,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal
to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuers shall commence an
Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. 
 To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess
Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (d) Pending the
final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net
Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by
virtue thereof. 
  

 -58- 

 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer
(each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 
 (2) the Issuer delivers to the
Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of representatives of the
Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a). 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
 (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor
Management Agreement in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $5.0 million and (y) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year (calculated, solely for the purpose of this clause (3), assuming (A) that such
fees and related expenses had not been paid, when calculating Net Income, and (B) without giving effect to clause (h) of the definition of EBITDA) (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses
within such amount accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement not to exceed the amount set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, representatives,
employees or consultants of Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 
  

 -59- 

 (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as
any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 
 (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase
agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment
or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole; 
 (8) the Transaction and the
payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (9)
transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of representatives of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated
party; 
 (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Affiliate; 
 (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; 
 (12) transactions pursuant to management contracts with affiliated physicians entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice (or as such practice may be modified to comply with regulations governing the operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries); 
 (13) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking
activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of representatives of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (14) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent
companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith; and 
 (15) investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is
being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities. 
  

 -60- 

 Section 4.12 Liens. 
 The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any
Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive
income therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are
secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
 (2) in all other cases,
the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees and (B) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or
any Guarantor. 
 Section 4.13 Limited Liability Company Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its limited liability company existence and the corporate, partnership,
limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Co-Issuer), in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such
Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or
the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuer), if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of
Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed irrevocable redemption notices
with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in
cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes
of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to
the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information: 
 (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such
Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which
will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
  

 -61- 

 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest; 
 (4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5)
that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the
paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes,
provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the
Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new
Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and 
 (8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow. 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.
If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect
the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions
thereof so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted
together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers. 
  

 -62- 

 (c) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if
a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive
agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Other than as specifically
provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Issuer shall
not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than
the Co-Issuer, a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any other Guarantor unless: 
 (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is
attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor: 
 (a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the
supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and 
 (b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any
such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and 
 (3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that: 
 (a) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 
 (b) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement
thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity; 
  

 -63- 

 provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that
existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 Section 4.16 [intentionally omitted.] 
 Section 4.17 Limitation on Layering. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuers shall not, and shall not
permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such
Indebtedness is either: 
 (a) equal in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as
the case may be; or 
 (b) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the
Notes, as the case may be. 
 For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior
to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral. 
 Section 4.18 Limitation on the Conduct of Business of the Co-Issuer. 
 In addition to the other restrictions set forth in this Indenture, the Co-Issuer may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations or engage in any significant business activities;
provided that the Co-Issuer may be a co-obligor with respect to Indebtedness if the Issuer is an obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Issuer or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other
than the Co-Issuer. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) Neither the Issuer nor the Co-Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation),
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) either: (x) the Issuer or the Co-Issuer is the surviving corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership; or
(y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer or the Co-Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited
liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof
(such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing one of the Issuers or any Successor Company thereof shall be a corporation; 
  

 -64- 

 (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, expressly assumes
all the obligations of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions
had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, 
 (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur
at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction; 
 (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) The Successor Company shall
succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof, 
 (x) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and
assets to the Issuer, and 
 (y) the Issuer or the Co-Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be,
solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer or the Co-Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased
thereby. 
 (c) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or
transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1)(A) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 
  

 -65- 

 (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 
 (D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (2) the
transaction constitutes an Asset Sale and is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 (d) Subject to certain limitations
described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part
of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer or merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a State of the United States as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor
is not increased thereby. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the mergers contemplated by the Transaction Agreement shall be
permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Issuer or the Co-Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or Co-Issuer is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition,
the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be), and may exercise every right and power of the
Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or the Co-Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer or Co-Issuer, as the case may be,
shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s or the
Co-Issuer’s assets, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01 Events of
Default. 
 (a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason
for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be 
  

 -66- 

 effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation
of any administrative or governmental body): 
 (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or
otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture); 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture); 
 (3) failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less
25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 
 (a) such default
either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to
pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $20.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 
 (5) failure by the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million,
which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor
upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 
 (6) the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or
consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law; 
  

 -67- 

 (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (iv) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
 (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (ii) appoints
a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (8) the Guarantee of any
Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability
under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 
 (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof
(excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default
arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or 
 (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default;
or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 
  

 -68- 

 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however,
that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of: 
 (1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or 
 (2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative agent under the
Senior Credit Facilities. 
 Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.
The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all
outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of
Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue
any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences
hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of
Control Offer); provided, subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that
resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  

 -69- 

 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Subject to Sections 7.01(e), 7.02(f), 7.02(k) and 7.07, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of
Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against
any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof
and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes
have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60 day period. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a
Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control
Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1)
or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any,
and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

 -70- 

 Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and
respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 
 Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 
 Except as otherwise provided with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or
remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.11
Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 
 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be
exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 6.12
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may
be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any
judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors
appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities
and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

 -71- 

 Section 6.13 Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 (i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the
costs and expenses of collection; 
 (ii) to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers known to the Trustee and, if such
money or property has been collected from a Guarantor, to holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by Article 10 and/or Article 12 hereof, as applicable 
 (iii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
 (iv) to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13. 
 Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE

 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of
Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  

 -72- 

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or
investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities
for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable
for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee
shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any
loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree
in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as
it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. Any permissive right or authority granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as a mandatory duty. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other
provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed
with due care. 
  

 -73- 

 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or the Co-Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the
performance of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s covenants herein. 
 (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the
Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (g) The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the
Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other
Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written
notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee
shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such
conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The
Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds 
  

 -74- 

 from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice
of Defaults. 
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and references a Default or Event of Default. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 Within 60 days after each June 15, beginning with the June 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The
Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on
which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time
such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.
The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer, the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally,
shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the
performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by
any Holder, the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may
seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers 
  

 -75- 

 shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such
counsel. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or
removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof
occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 A
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time
and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuers may
remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If the
Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 -76- 

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to
the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice
of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The
Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 
 The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).
A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Issuers may, at
their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be
deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that
the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other
Sections of this 
  

 -77- 

 Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such
Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until
otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Section 8.02. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the
Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from
their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.17 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes
of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood
that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any
term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition,
upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5),
6.01(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes: 
  

 -78- 

 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being
defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case the granting of Liens in
connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any
Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any
similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (6) the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code; 
  

 -79- 

 (7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and 
 (8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may
be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all
sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money and Government Securities so held
in trust are not subject to Article 10 or Article 12 hereof 
 The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or
pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if
then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof,
as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 
  

 -80- 

 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity,
omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes; 
 (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (4) to provide the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders; 
 (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor; 
 (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the
acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof; 
 (9)
to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable; 
 (10) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture; 
 (11) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of
the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or 
 (12) making any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this
Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation
of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
  

 -81- 

 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture
upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate, except as provided in
Section 5.01(c). 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective board of directors or board of representatives authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the
filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in
the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its
discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of
the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or
waiver. 
 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to
any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  

 -82- 

 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter
or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions and definitions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have
the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of
the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any
Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated therein; 
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or
the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) make any change
in these amendment and waiver provisions; 
 (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (9) make any change in the subordination provisions hereof that would adversely affect the Holders; or 
 (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the
Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust
Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such
Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, 
  

 -83- 

 supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after
such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation
about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such
amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect
the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Neither of the Issuers may sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors or board of representatives approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party
thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the
Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture. 
 Section 9.07 Payment for Consent. 
 Neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest,
fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBORDINATION 
 Section 10.01 Agreement To Subordinate. 
 The Issuers agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the
payment of all Obligations owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each of the
Issuers and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness of each of the Issuers, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each of the Issuers; and only Indebtedness of the Issuers that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes
in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12. 
  

 -84- 

 Section 10.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial
dissolution of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer or in a reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or the Co-Issuer or its respective property: 
 (i) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior
Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and 
 (ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer
or the Co-Issuer is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear,
except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities. 
 Section 10.03 Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers. 
 The Issuers shall not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Notes, including
Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the
Notes”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default”): 
 (i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of either of the Issuers is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or 
 (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of either of the Issuers occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior
Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms; 
 unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any
such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Issuers shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Issuers and the
Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing. 
 During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior
Indebtedness of either of the Issuers pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers
shall not pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers) of written notice (a “Blockage
Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any
Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Payment Blockage Period shall end
earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuers from the Person or 
  

 -85- 

 Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived
or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 10.03 and Section 10.02 hereof), unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the Issuers shall be entitled
to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360 day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated
Senior Indebtedness of either of the Issuers during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of either of the Issuers (other than the
holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days
during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360 day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360 day period during which no Payment
Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless
such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either
case, would give rise to a Non Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non Payment Default for this purpose). 
 Section 10.04 Acceleration of Payment of Notes. 
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer or the
Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article 10. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of either of
the Issuers is outstanding, the Issuers may not pay the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if
this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time. 
 Section 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
 If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in
trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, and pay it over to them as their interests may appear. 
 Section 10.06 Subrogation.

 After all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the
rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not,
as between the Issuers and Holders, a payment by the Issuers on such Senior Indebtedness. 
  

 -86- 

 Section 10.07 Relative Rights. 
 This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
 (i) impair, as between the Issuers and Holders, the obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of
and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
 (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth
herein; or 
 (iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Issuers other than their rights in relation to
holders of Senior Indebtedness. 
 Section 10.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers. 
 No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by
any act or failure to act by the Issuers or by their failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 10.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

 Notwithstanding Section 10.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be
charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee receives
notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuers, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled to give the notice; provided,
however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of either of the Issuers has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be
entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder
of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or
any other Section of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, the distribution may be made and the notice
given to their Representative (if any). 
  

 -87- 

 Section 10.11 Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. 
 The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a
Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 
 Section 10.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. 
 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from
money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior
Indebtedness of the Issuers or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other creditor
of the Issuers, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article 10 were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof, as the case may be. 
 Section 10.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely. 
 Upon
any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in
Section 10.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness
of the Issuers for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or
amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior
Indebtedness of the Issuers to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such
Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished,
the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions
of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10. 
 Section 10.14 Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. 
 A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article 10 and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes. 
 Section 10.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers. 
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and shall not be liable to any such holders
if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Issuers or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise. 
  

 -88- 

 Section 10.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers on Subordination Provisions.

 Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an
inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold,
such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness. 
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers may, at any time and from time
to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 10 or the obligations hereunder of
the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers,
or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise
deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers; and (iv) exercise or
refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuers and any other Person. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01 Guarantee. 

Subject to this Article 11, from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers
hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the
overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof
and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.
Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against either of the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each
Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of 
  

 -89- 

 payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuers, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or
any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and
the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under
the Guarantees. 
 Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or
against either of the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should either of the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of either of
the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In
the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored
or returned. 
 In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general
unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guarantor and shall be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any. 
 The Guarantee by Northwest Emergency Physicians, Inc., and any claims thereunder, will be pari passu with any claim, right or entitlement that the
U.S. Government or the Internal Revenue Service may have with respect to the assets of Northwest Emergency Physicians, Inc. pursuant to the closing agreement entered into under Section 7121 of the Code between Northwest Emergency Physicians,
Inc. and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue with respect to the election under Section 953(d) of the Code made by PUG Ltd. 
  

 -90- 

 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off,
counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To
effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment
under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based
on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Section 11.03 Execution and
Delivery. 
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be
executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents. 
 Each Guarantor
hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be
valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of
the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any
newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 11.04 Subrogation. 
 Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in
respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments
arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
  

 -91- 

 Section 11.05 Benefits Acknowledged. 
 Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the
guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 Section 11.06 Release of
Guarantees. 
 A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by
such Guarantor, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon: 
 (1) (A)
any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the
assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities and any other guarantee which resulted in (or would by itself require) the creation of such Guarantee under this Indenture, except a discharge
or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 
 (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
 (D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant
Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES 
 Section 12.01 Agreement
To Subordinate. 
 Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit
of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such
Guarantor, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor
under its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 12 shall be subject to Section 12.12. 
  

 -92- 

 Section 12.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such
Guarantor or in a reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property: 
 (i) the holders of
Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and 
 (ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be
entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities. 
 Section 12.03 Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. 
 A Guarantor shall not make any payment pursuant to its Guarantee (or pay any other Obligations relating to its Guarantee, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage
claims) and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay its Guarantee”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “Guarantor Payment Default”):

 (i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due (after
giving effect to any applicable grace period); or 
 (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms; 
 unless, in either
case, the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that such Guarantor shall be entitled to
pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing. 
 During the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor Payment Default) (a “Non-Guarantor
Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the
expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Guarantee Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the
Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Issuers) of written notice (a “Guarantee Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Guarantor Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to
effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Guarantee Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative
agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee,
the relevant Guarantor and the Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantee Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or
(iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. 
  

 -93- 

 Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the
provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 12.03 and Section 12.02 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the relevant Guarantor shall be entitled to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period. Each
Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Guarantee Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360 day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor during such period;
provided that if any Guarantee Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a
Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Guarantee Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or
Periods on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360 day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360 day period during which no Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is in effect.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Guarantee Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantee Blockage Notice unless such default
shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Guarantee Blockage Notice, that, in either
case, would give rise to a Non-Guarantor Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Guarantor Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Guarantor Payment Default for this purpose). 

Section 12.04 Demand for Payment. 
 If payment
of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Issuers or such Guarantor shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such demand; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article 12. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness
of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not pay its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay its
Guarantee only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time. 
 Section 12.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
 If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in
trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear. 
 Section 12.06
Subrogation. 
 After all Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be
subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to
Holders is not, as between the relevant Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness. 
  

 -94- 

 Section 12.07 Relative Rights. 
 This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
 (i) impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments
under its Guarantee in accordance with its terms; 
 (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available
remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other
rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or 
 (iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and
creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness. 
 Section 12.08 Subordination May Not Be
Impaired by a Guarantor. 
 No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the obligations
of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 12.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
 Notwithstanding Section 12.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying
Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a
Responsible Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article 12. A Guarantor, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of a
Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to
claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10
Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness
of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 
  

 -95- 

 Section 12.11 Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment. 
 The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant its Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the
occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof. 
 Section 12.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. 
 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article 8 or Article
13 hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to such
Guarantor or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any other creditor of such Guarantor, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article 12 were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in
trust pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof, as the case may be. 
 Section 12.13 Trustee Entitled To Rely. 
 Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the
Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and
other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that
evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish
evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the
rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The
provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12. 
 Section 12.14 Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. 
 A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this
Article 12 and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided
in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
 Section 12.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of
Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors. 
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a
Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by
virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise. 
  

 -96- 

 Section 12.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions.

 Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an
inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold,
such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness. 
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor may, at any time and from time
to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 12 or the obligations hereunder of
the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor;
and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person. 
 ARTICLE 13 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 13.01
Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or
are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers and the Issuers or any Guarantor have irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or
redemption; 
 (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any
similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such 
  

 -97- 

 deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer, the Co-Issuer
or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 (C) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and 
 (D) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at
maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 13.01, the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall
survive. 
 Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including either of the Issuers acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and
Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal
proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall
be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of
the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 14 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 14.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If
any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
  

 -98- 

 Section 14.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuers and/or any
Guarantor: 
 c/o Team Health, Inc. 
 1900 Winston Road 
 Knoxville, Tennessee 37919 
 Fax No.: (865) 560-0295 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A. 
 100 Ashford Center North, Suite 520 
 Atlanta, GA 30338 
 Fax No.: (770) 698-5195 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
 The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or
communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder
shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar or by other electronic means or such other
delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication
is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the
Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 14.03
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 
  

 -99- 

 Section 14.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied; provided that, subject to
Section 5.01(c) hereof, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the
form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto. 
 Section 14.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an
Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 Section 14.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
 Section 14.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director, representative, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 -100- 

 Section 14.08 Governing Law. 
 THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 14.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 14.10 Force Majeure. 
 In no event shall
the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes,
work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 Section 14.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used
to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 14.12 Successors. 
 All agreements of each of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this
Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof. 
 Section 14.13 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 14.14 Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 Section 14.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and
shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

 -101- 

 Section 14.16 Qualification of Indenture. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration
Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of
qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as
it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 [Signatures on
following page] 
  

 -102- 

			
	TEAM FINANCE LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 1 

			
	DANIEL & YEAGER, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CHARLES L. SPRINGFIELD, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	FISCHER MANGOLD PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HERSCHEL FISCHER, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TEAM HEALTH ANESTHESIA MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	KARL G. MANGOLD, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 2 

			
	MT. DIABLO EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	PHYSICIAN INTEGRATION CONSULTING SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	QUANTUM PLUS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	AMERICAN CLINICAL RESOURCES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM CRUISE CARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE RESOURCES OF DELAWARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 3 

			
	SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE RESOURCES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM PRIMARY CARE OF DELAWARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SPECTRUM PRIMARY CARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	AFTER HOURS PEDIATRICS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CORRECTIONAL HEALTHCARE ADVANTAGE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 4 

			
	DRS. SHEER, AHEARN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HEALTHCARE REVENUE RECOVERY GROUP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HOSPITAL MEDICINE ASSOCIATES, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	IMBS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	INPHYNET CONTRACTING SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	INPHYNET SOUTH BROWARD, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	MEDICAL MANAGEMENT RESOURCES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 5 

			
	PARAGON CONTRACTING SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	PARAGON HEALTHCARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	THE EMERGENCY ASSOCIATES FOR MEDICINE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TH CONTRACTING MIDWEST, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TH CONTRACTING SERVICES OF MISSOURI, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	EMERGENCY PHYSICIAN ASSOCIATES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 6 

			
	METROAMERICAN RADIOLOGY, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TEAM RADIOLOGY, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	EMERGENCY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	ERIE SHORES EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CLINIC MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	EMERGENCY COVERAGE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 7 

			
	SOUTHEASTERN EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SOUTHEASTERN EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS OF MEMPHIS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SOUTHEASTERN PHYSICIAN ASSOCIATES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TEAM ANESTHESIA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TEAM HEALTH BILLING SERVICES, L.P.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	TEAM HEALTH FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 8 

			
	TEAM HEALTH, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	ACCESS NURSE PM, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	NORTHWEST EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	NORTHWEST HOSPITAL MEDICINE PHYSICIANS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	GREENBRIER EMERGENCY PHYSICIANS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HEALTH CARE ALLIANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 9 

			
	KELLY MEDICAL SERVICES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	MEDICAL SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY,
 N.A., as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stefan Victory

	Name:	 	STEFAN VICTORY
	Title:	 	VICE PRESIDENT

  

 10 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY,
 N.A., as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, 
 ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
 Section 1.1 Definitions. 
 (a) Capitalized Terms. 
 Capitalized
terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such
Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Notes” means all Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of
(a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuers to the
Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to any such Notes. 
 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  

 11 

 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 (b) Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term:
	  	 Defined in
Section:

	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)

  

	Section	2.1 Form and Dating 

 (a) The Initial Notes
issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in
Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. 
 (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered
form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case
without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a
nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. One or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and
the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by
the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global
Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Restricted Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global
Note and the Regulation S Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”, provided that the term “Global Note” when used in
Sections 2.1(c), 2.3(f), 2.3(g)(i), 2.3(h)(i), 2.3(h)(ii) and 2.4 shall also include any Note in global form issued in connection with a Exchange Offer. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter provided. 
  

 3 

 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited
with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and
Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global
Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global
Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note
for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to
receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. 
 Section 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery
upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each Issuer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $215,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes
and (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes
to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 
  

	Section	2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

 (a) Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 
 (i) to register the
transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 
 (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of
Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized
in writing; and 
  

 4 

 (2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following
additional information and documents, as applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar
by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 
 (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the
reverse side of the Initial Note); or 
 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side
of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Issuers so request, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a
beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Issuers and the Registrar, together with: 
 (i) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the
Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (2) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C or
(3) outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records
with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase, then
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the
Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Issuers shall
issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall
deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global 

 

 5 

 Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global
Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global
Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on
the reverse of the Initial Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144 under the Securities Act and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration
of the Restricted Period, the interest transferred shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either the Regulation S Global Note or the Rule 144A Global
Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Trustee. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an
increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a
corresponding decrease in the principal amount of Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a
nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of the
Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3
(including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the
case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuers. 
 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of
Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership
interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Issuers, (2) so long as such security is eligible for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance
on Rule 144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act, (5) to
an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 or (6) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any
applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest
through the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the 
  

 6 

 beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Note to the effect that such transfer is being
made to (1) a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (2) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of
$250,000. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the
transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Trustee. 
 (ii) Upon the
expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture. 
 (e) Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall
bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only): 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE
“RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH
SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE
IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”
WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH
CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION 
  

 7 

 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION
AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set
forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the
form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes
during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes
shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for
their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the
Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes
Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (f) Cancelation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such
Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancelation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancelation, if any beneficial interest in a Global 
  

 8 

 Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed,
repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such
Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges
of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for
any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments
or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the
absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the
Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records
of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of
any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall
be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable
rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with
the express requirements hereof. 
  

 9 

 Section 2.4 Definitive Notes. 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof
in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies the
Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the
Issuers within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuers become aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuers, in their sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that
they elect to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the
beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such
transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only
in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e), bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (c) Subject to the
provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Issuers will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 
  

 10 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW
YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT
NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY
(A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT
THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE
MEANING OF RULE 
  

 A-1 

 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE
SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER,
SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER
THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  

 A-2 

 CUSIP [            ] 
 ISIN [            ]1 
 [RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI] [GLOBAL] NOTE

 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
  

			
	 No.       
	 	[$                    ]

 TEAM FINANCE LLC 
 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION 
 promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on
the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of
                                        
United States Dollars] on December 1, 2013. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 
 Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 
  

	1	Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 87816Q AA 1 

 Rule
144A Note ISIN: US87816QAA13 
 Regulation S Note CUSIP: U87606 AA 4 
 Regulation S Note ISIN: USU87606AA48 
 IAI
Note CUSIP: 87816Q AB 9 
 IAI Note ISIN: US87816QAB95 
  

 A-3 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, each of the Issuers has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: [•], 20[•] 
  

			
	 TEAM FINANCE LLC

		
	 By:
	 	  
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	  
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 A-4 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY,
 N.A., as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  
  

		 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 A-5 

 [Back of Note] 
 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. Team Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Health Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally
promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11 1/4% per annum from November 23,
20051 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest
Payment Date shall be June 1, 2006. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the
Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on
demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15th or November 15th (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to
defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds
will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent.
Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes
under an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among Team Finance LLC, Health Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the
Issuers designated as their 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue
Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are 
  

	1	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

  

 A-6 

 referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts
with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 (a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option before
December 1, 2009. 
 (b) At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest
Payment Date. 
 (c) Until December 1, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 111.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of
Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that
each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the
Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (d) On and after December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder
of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional
Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on December 1 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2009
	  	107.000	%
	 2010
	  	102.813	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

 A-7 

 7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or
Article 13 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a
Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers shall make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0
million, the Issuers shall commence, an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu
Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in
cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for
general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall
select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the
amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuers prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by
completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.
The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require
a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10. SUBORDINATION. The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers
and the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the 
  

 A-8 

 Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may
be paid. The Issuers agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

 11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be
due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until
the earlier of: (1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or (2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative agent under the Senior
Credit Facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may
not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the
extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five (5) Business Days after
becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto. 
 14. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of
Transfer Restricted Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Team Finance LLC, Health Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). 
  

 A-9 

 16. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE,
THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address:

 c/o Team Health, Inc. 
 1900
Winston Road 
 Knoxville, Tennessee 37919 
 Fax No.: (865) 560-0295 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: ______________________________________________________________________ 
                     (Insert assignee’s legal name) 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type
assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint __________________________________________________________________________

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                     

  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  
  

		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 the face
of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-11 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER 
 RESTRICTED NOTES 
 This certificate relates to
$                     principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered
form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms
that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	 (1)
	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	 (2)
	  	  ̈
	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	 (3)
	  	  ̈
	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	 (4)
	  	  ̈
	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account
of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	 (5)
	  	  ̈
	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such
Note shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	 (6)
	  	  ̈
	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing
certain representations and agreements; or
			
	 (7)
	  	  ̈
	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
	
	Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder
thereof; provided,

  

 A-12 

	
	however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  

	
	  

	 Your Signature

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	
		
	 Date:
                    
	 	  

	 Signature must be guaranteed
 by a participant in a
 recognized signature guaranty
 medallion program or other
 signature guarantor acceptable
 to the Trustee
	 	 Signature of Signature
 Guarantee

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Dated:                     	 	  

		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-13 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

  ̈  Section 4.10     ̈  Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state
the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $                     
 Date:                      
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 the face
of this Note)

		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-14 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is
$                    . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note,
or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	Date of
Exchange	 	 Amount of
decrease
 in Principal
Amount
	 	 Amount of increase
 in Principal
 Amount of
this
 Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount
of
 this Global Note
 following
such
 decrease or
increase
	 	 Signature of
 authorized officer
 of Trustee
or
 Custodian

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-15 

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW
YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT
NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
  

 B-1 

 CUSIP 87816Q AC 7 
 ISIN US87816QAC78 
 [GLOBAL] NOTE 
 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

  

			
	 No.       
	 	[$                    ]

 TEAM FINANCE LLC 
 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION 
 promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on
the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of
                                        
United States Dollars] on December 1, 2013. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 
 Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 
  

 B-2 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, each of the Issuers has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: [·], 20[·] 
  

			
	TEAM FINANCE LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 B-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY,
 N.A., as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 B-4 

 [Back of Note] 
 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. Team Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Health Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally
promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11 1/4% per annum from November 23,
20051 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of
each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 1, 2006. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without
regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the
May 15th or November 15th (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes
under an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among Team Finance LLC, Health Finance Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the
Issuers designated as their 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue
Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of
the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  

	3	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

  

 B-5 

 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option before December 1, 2009. 
 (b) At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) Until December 1, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a
redemption price equal to 111.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any
Additional Notes that are Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date
of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions
precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (d) On and after December 1, 2009, the Issuers
may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the
security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of
Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2009
	  	107.000	%
	 2010
	  	102.813	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of
redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the 
  

 B-6 

 redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice
is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples
of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. 
 (a) Upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with
Section 4.14 of the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business
Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $15.0 million, the Issuers shall commence, an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu
Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the
Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale
Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuers prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 9. DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10. SUBORDINATION. The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness
of the Issuers and the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. The Issuers agree, and
each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
  

 B-7 

 11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the
Indenture. 
 13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If
any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration
shall be effective until the earlier of: (1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or (2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative
agent under the Senior Credit Facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action
or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the Trust Indenture Act) are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to
deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto. 
 14.
AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP
numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice
of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

 B-8 

 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to the Issuers at the following address: 
 c/o Team Health, Inc. 
 1900 Winston Road 
 Knoxville, Tennessee 37919 
 Fax No.: (865) 560-0295 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 B-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
______________________________________________________________________ 
                                        
     (Insert assignee’s legal name) 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s
soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type
assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________________________________________________________

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date: _____________ 
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 the face
of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ____________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 B-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

  ̈  Section 4.10             ̈  Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $                     
 Date: ________________ 
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 Signature Guarantee*: __________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 B-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is
$                    . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note,
or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease
 in Principal Amount
	  	 Amount of increase
 in Principal
 Amount of
this
 Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
 following
such
 decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of
 authorized officer
 of Trustee
or
 Custodian

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 B-12 

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of 
 Transferee Letter of Representation 
 Team Finance LLC 
 Health Finance Corporation 
 c/o Team Health, Inc. 
 1900 Winston Road 
 Knoxville, Tennessee 37919 
 Fax No.: (865) 560-0295 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 In care of 
 The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. 
 100 Ashford Center North, Suite 520 
 Atlanta, GA 30338 
 Fax No.: (770) 698-5195 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$[        ] principal amount of the 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2013 (the “Notes”) of Team Finance LLC (the “Issuer”) and Health Finance Corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

	
	 Name: ____________________

	 Address:__________________

	 Taxpayer ID Number: _______________

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities
not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in
the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise 
  

 C-1 

 transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and
the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer, (b) pursuant to a registration
statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a
qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant
to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our
or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be
made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among
other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not
for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to
clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee. 
  

	
	 TRANSFEREE: ______________,

	 by: ____________________

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 
 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Team Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E
T H 
 WHEREAS, each of the Issuer, Health Finance Corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the
“Issuers”) and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 23, 2005, providing for
the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth
herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the
Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 (1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 (2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
 (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (ii) in case of any extension
of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a
guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  

 D-1 

 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 
 (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of either of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
 (d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all
obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (f) The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 
 (g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable
by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
 (h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee. 
 (i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving
effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be
limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 (j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against either of
the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, 
  

 D-2 

 should either of the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of either of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment
and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent
transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (k) In case any
provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu
with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any. 
 (m) Each payment to be made by the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 (3) Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind
up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions,
to any Person unless: 
 (i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited
partnership organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 
 (B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental
indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such
transaction, no Default exists; and 
  

 D-3 

 (D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or 
 (ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture; 
 (b) Subject to certain
limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer. 
 (5) Releases.

 The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by
the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon: 
 (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer
a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities and any other guarantee which
resulted in (or would by itself require) the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 
 (C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
 (D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture; and 
 (2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 (6) No Recourse Against Others. No director, representative, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 (7) Governing Law. THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

 D-4 

 (8) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 (9) Effect of Headings. The Section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 (10) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 (11) Subrogation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect
of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 (12) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this
Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 (13) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in
this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

  

 D-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all
as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY,
 N.A., as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 D-6Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.2 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 TEAM FINANCE LLC 
 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION 
 11 1/4% $215,000,000 SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013 
 EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 November 23, 2005 
 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. 
 LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

 ING FINANCIAL MARKETS LLC 
 c/o J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. 
 270 Park Avenue 
 New York, NY 10017 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Team Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and Health Finance
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”), propose to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (“JPMorgan”), Lehman Brothers Inc.
(“Lehman”), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill”) and ING Financial Markets LLC (“ING”) (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated November 17, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $215,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the Issuers’ 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Senior Subordinated
Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes will be guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by each of the subsidiaries of the Issuer listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Capitalized
terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement. 
 As an inducement to the
Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of
the Senior Subordinated Notes, including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees, and the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined herein) (collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 

 1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) under the Securities Act with respect to a
proposed offer to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt
securities of the Issuers (the “Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes”) that are identical to the Senior Subordinated Notes, except that the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any
increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement, and thereafter cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed no later than
360 days after the date of original issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Issue Date”). The Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the “Exchange Senior
Subordinated Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee or such other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee (the “Exchange Senior Subordinated
Trustee”). If the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes are issued under a separate indenture, such indenture shall be identical to the Indenture, except that such indenture shall not contain any provisions relating to restrictions on transfer
with respect to the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes or to any increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement. 
 Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange
Senior Subordinated Notes for Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with
the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Senior Subordinated Notes that have the status of an unsold allotment remaining from the initial distribution of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (c) acquires the
Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes) and to trade
such Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The
Issuers, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to
exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes (an “Exchanging Dealer”), may be deemed to be an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes received by such Exchanging Dealer
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
  

 2 

 In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
 (a) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together
with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
 (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less
than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders; 
 (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; 
 (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Senior Subordinated Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the
last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 
 (e) otherwise comply in all respects with
all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 The Registered Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the
Registered Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission. 
 As soon as
practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
 (a) accept for exchange all Senior
Subordinated Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (b) deliver to the Trustee
for cancelation all Senior Subordinated Notes so accepted for exchange; and 
 (c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Senior
Subordinated Trustee, as the case may be, promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes equal in principal amount to the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
 The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the
prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to
resell the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the
date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes held by them and (ii) the Issuers shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer 
  

 3 

 for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for a period of not less than
180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”). 
 The Indenture or the Exchange Senior Subordinated Indenture, as the case may be, shall provide that the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes shall vote and consent together on all
matters as one class and that none of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
 Interest on each Exchange Senior Subordinated Note issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer will accrue from the last interest payment date on
which interest was paid on the Senior Subordinated Note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Senior Subordinated Notes, from the Issue Date. 
 Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers that at the time of the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in violation of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of
the Issuers or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is an Exchanging Dealer, then such Holder will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, including, but not limited to, the delivery of a prospectus in connection with a
sale of any Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes received by such Holder pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 Notwithstanding any
other provisions hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material
respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such
prospectus, does not, at any time during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading. 
 2. Shelf Registration. If (i) because of any change in law or applicable
interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within
360 days of the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests in writing to the Issuers within 30 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to Senior Subordinated Notes not eligible to 

 

 4 

 be exchanged for Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any Holder that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in exchange for tendered Senior Subordinated Notes
(other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or any Guarantor) and so notifies the Issuers within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such
restrictions, or (v) the Issuers so elect, then the following provisions shall apply: 
 (a) The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a shelf registration statement on an appropriate
form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such
registration statement (a “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”). 
 (b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective
in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes for a period ending on the earlier of (i) two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate
when all the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (ii) the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes become eligible for resale without regard to the
volume, manner of sale and other restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act pursuant to paragraph (k) thereof (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Issuers and
the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Transfer
Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action was
permitted by Section 2(c). 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b) (but subject to the provisions of
Section 3(b)), the Issuers and the Guarantors may issue a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction and may issue any notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration
Statement required under applicable securities laws to be issued. 
 (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the
Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement 
  

 5 

 thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers
by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the “Holders’ Information”)) does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders’
Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 3. Additional Interest. (a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes will suffer damages if
the Issuers and the Guarantors fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, in the event that either (i) the
Issuers have not exchanged Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for all Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not
declared effective, in either case on or prior to 360 days after the Issue Date (the “Target Registration Date”), the interest rate on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be increased by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first
90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the exchange of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for all Senior
Subordinated Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the Commission or the Senior Subordinated Notes cease to constitute
Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. 
 (b) If the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective, or the prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case at any time during the Shelf Registration Period (as a result of the issuance by
the Issuers of a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction, the issuance by the Issuers of a notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement as may be required
under applicable securities laws to be issued or for any other reason), and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 consecutive days or 90 days (whether or not consecutive) in any twelve-month period, then the interest
rate on Senior Subordinated Notes that constitute Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes will be increased (commencing on the 61st day or 91st day, as the case may be, in such twelve-month period) by (x) 0.25% per annum for the
first 90-day period immediately following such 60th day of ineffectiveness or lack of usability and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each such subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional
interest, which additional interest shall cease to accrue on such date 
  

 6 

 that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the prospectus contained therein again becomes
usable. If after any such cessation of the accrual of additional interest the Shelf Registration Statement again ceases to be effective or the prospectus contained therein again ceases to be usable beyond the period permitted above, additional
interest will again accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 
 (c) The Issuers shall notify the Trustee and the paying agent under the
Indenture promptly upon the happening of each and every event that results in the accrual of additional interest pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) (any such event being called a “Registration Default”). The Issuers and
the Guarantors shall pay the additional interest due on the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes by depositing with the paying agent (which may not be the Issuers for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior
to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes, sums sufficient to pay the additional interest then due. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest
payment date specified by the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including
the date of the applicable Registration Default. 
 (d) The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages in the form of additional
interest provided for in this Section 3 constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes by reason of the failure of
(i) the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, to be declared effective or (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective (and the prospectus contained therein
to remain usable), in each case to the extent required by this Agreement. 
 (e) As used herein, the term “Transfer Restricted Senior
Subordinated Notes” means (i) each Senior Subordinated Note until the date on which such Senior Subordinated Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Senior Subordinated Note in the Registered Exchange Offer,
(ii) each Senior Subordinated Note until the date on which it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) each Senior Subordinated Note until the
date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof, the Issuers and
the Guarantors shall not be required to pay additional interest to a Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph
of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n). 
  

 7 

 4. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Registration Statement, the following
provisions shall apply: 
 (a) The Issuers shall include substantially the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the
cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange offer procedures” section and the “Purpose of the exchange offer” section (or comparable sections, however captioned) and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of distribution”
section, in each case of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 (b) The Issuers shall advise each Exchanging Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person,
confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made): 
 (i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or
any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
 (ii) of any request by the Commission after the effective date
for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; 
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; 
 (iv) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Senior Subordinated
Notes or the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 (c) The Issuers and the Guarantors will make every commercially reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time
of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement. 
 (d) The Issuers will furnish to each Holder of
Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
statements and schedules, if any such Holder so requests in writing. 
  

 8 

 (e) The Issuers will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request in writing; and the Issuers consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted
Senior Subordinated Notes in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto subject to the provisions of Section 4(b). 
 (f) The Issuers will furnish to each Exchanging Dealer and to any other Holder, without charge, one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, if any Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing. 
 (g) The Issuers will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to
each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request in writing; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto by any such Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid, subject to the provisions of Section 4(b). 
 (h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes
or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes covered by such Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for offer and
sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Senior
Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided that the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then
so qualified or to take any action which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject. 
 (i) The Issuers and the Guarantors will cooperate with the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes to
facilitate 
  

 9 

 the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange
Senior Subordinated Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing at least three business days prior to
the closing date of any sales of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement. 
 (j) If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the
“Effectiveness Period”), the Issuers and the Guarantors will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required
document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Issuers will provide a CUSIP number and an International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) for the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Exchange Senior
Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository
Trust Company and with the common depositary for accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream. 
 (l) The Issuers and the Guarantors
will comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and the Issuers will make generally available to their security holders, as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration
Statement, an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act. 
 (m) The Issuers and
the Guarantors will cause the Indenture or the Exchange Senior Subordinated Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner. 
 (n) The Issuers may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes to be registered pursuant to any Shelf
Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes as the Issuers may from time to time reasonably request for inclusion in such Shelf
Registration Statement, and the Issuers may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder of

  

 10 

 Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration
Statement agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not misleading. 
 (o) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes to be registered pursuant
thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers pursuant to Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such
Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing by the Issuers that the use of the applicable prospectus
may be resumed (the “Advice”). If the Issuers shall give any notice under Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the Effectiveness Period, such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days
during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of
the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required). 
 (p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements (including,
if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder, or the managing underwriters (if any), shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to such Shelf
Registration Statement. 
 (q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall (i) make reasonably
available for inspection at the location where they are normally kept and during normal business hours by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder and any underwriter participating in any disposition of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Issuers and their subsidiaries and (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to have their officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such
representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (each, an “Inspector”) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that such Inspector shall first agree in writing with the Issuers that
any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Issuers in 
  

 11 

 writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such
Inspector, unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (ii) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any
disclosure requirements pursuant to Federal securities laws in connection with the filing of such Registration Statement or the use of any prospectus), (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a
disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such Inspector or (iv) such information becomes available to such Inspector from a source other than the Issuers and their subsidiaries and such source is not known, after due inquiry, by
the relevant Holder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement; provided further, that the foregoing investigation shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders by one representative designated by and on behalf of such Holders, and any such
confidential information shall be available from such representative to such Holders so long as any Holder agrees to be bound by such confidentiality agreement. 
 (r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Senior Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, use their reasonable best efforts to cause (i) their counsel to
deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Senior Subordinated Notes in customary form and substance, (ii) their officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) and (iii) their independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or
letters in customary form and substance, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72. 
 5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers and the Guarantors will jointly and severally bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance
of its obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in
addition to any local counsel) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes being registered thereunder (the “Special Counsel”) acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in
connection therewith, which counsel shall be approved by the Issuers (such approval to not be unreasonably withheld). Each Initial Purchaser and Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel (other than as set forth in the preceding sentence),
underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Initial Purchaser’s or Holder’s Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 6. Indemnification. (a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration 
  

 12 

 Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall jointly and
severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any,
who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a Holder) from and against any loss,
claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated
Notes), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or
supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in
connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information.

 (b) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors and their
respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Issuers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively
referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the Issuer), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Issuer may become subject, whether
commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based
upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information furnished to the Issuer by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Issuer for any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer in connection with investigating 
  

 13 

 or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale
of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that
it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may
have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying
party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees,
expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party,
(2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available
to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the
right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a
reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the
indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local
counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in
the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent 
  

 14 

 (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final
judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without
the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and
indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. 
 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
Section 6(a) or 6(b) otherwise than as a result of the limitations therein contained, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer from the offering and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes,
on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the resale by such Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, on the other, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and such Holder, on the other, with respect to
the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and a Holder, on the other, with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes (before deducting expenses) received by or on
behalf of the Issuers, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the Issuers and the Guarantors or information supplied by the Issuers and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, or to any Holders’ Information supplied by such Holder, on the other, the intent of the parties, and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or
omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the
equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include,
for purposes of this Section 7, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior 
  

 15 

 Subordinated Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at
which the Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided in this Section 7 and in Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified person at law or in
equity. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 7 and in Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made
by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuers or the Guarantors, their respective affiliates or the officers or
directors of or any person controlling the Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes and (iv) any sale of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 

8. Rules 144 and 144A. The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by them under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Issuers are not required to file such reports, they will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes, make publicly available
other information so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder’s securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior
Subordinated Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions
provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall deliver to such Holder
a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Issuers to register any of their securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 9. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer
Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Issuers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts and
related expenses incurred (to the extent provided by Section 5 hereof) in connection therewith. 
  

 16 

 No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees
to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes
all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers
so agree and have obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or
consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Senior Subordinated Notes or Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and
that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes being sold by such Holders
pursuant to such Registration Statement. 
 (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery: 
 (1)
if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the
Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to JPMorgan, Lehman, Merrill and ING; 
 (2) if to an Initial
Purchaser, c/o JPMorgan initially at the address of JPMorgan set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
 (3) if to the Issuers,
initially at the address of the Issuers set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and 
 (4) if to the Guarantors, c/o the Issuers
initially at the address of the Issuers set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have
been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s
telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier. 
 (c) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Issuers, the
Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns. 
  

 17 

 (d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be
delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 (e) Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” has the meaning ascribed to
such term in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has
the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. 
 (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (g) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (h) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the
Issuers and each Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, and shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this
Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and
(iii) (with respect to the Issuers) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Senior Subordinated Notes,
it shall not grant to any person the right to request the Issuers to register any debt securities of the Issuers under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 (i) Severability. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term,
provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full
force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that
contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of
such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable. 
 (j) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a
third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such
enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. 
  

 18 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	 TEAM FINANCE LLC

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HEALTH FINANCE CORPORATION

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 DANIEL & YEAGER, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 CHARLES L. SPRINGFIELD, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 FISCHER MANGOLD PARTNERSHIP

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HERSCHEL FISCHER, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 19 

			
	 TEAM HEALTH ANESTHESIA
 MANAGEMENT SERVICES,
INC.

		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	KARL G. MANGOLD, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 MT. DIABLO EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS, A
CALIFORNIA
 GENERAL PARTNERSHIP

		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 PHYSICIANS INTEGRATION
 CONSULTING SERVICES,
INC.

		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	QUANTUM PLUS, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	AMERICAN CLINICAL RESOURCES, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 20 

			
	 SPECTRUM CRUISE CARE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE
 RESOURCES OF DELAWARE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE
 RESOURCES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SPECTRUM HEALTHCARE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SPECTRUM PRIMARY CARE OF
 DELAWARE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 21 

			
	 SPECTRUM PRIMARY CARE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 AFTER HOURS PEDIATRICS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 CORRECTIONAL HEALTHCARE
 ADVANTAGE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 DRS. SHEER, AHEARN & ASSOCIATES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HEALTHCARE REVENUE RECOVERY
 GROUP, LLC

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HOSPITAL MEDICINE ASSOCIATES, LLC

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 22 

			
	IMBS, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	INPHYNET CONTRACTING SERVICES, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	INPHYNET SOUTH BROWARD, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	MEDICAL MANAGEMENT
RESOURCES, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	PARAGON CONTRACTING SERVICES, INC.
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	PARAGON HEALTHCARE LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
		
	by	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 23 

			
	 THE EMERGENCY ASSOCIATES FOR
 MEDICINE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TH CONTRACTING MIDWEST, LLC

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TH CONTRACTING SERVICES OF
 MISSOURI, LLC

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 EMERGENCY PHYSICIAN
 ASSOCIATES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 METROAMERICAN RADIOLOGY, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TEAM RADIOLOGY, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 24 

			
	 EMERGENCY PROFESSIONAL
 SERVICES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 ERIE SHORES EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 CLINIC MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 EMERGENCY COVERAGE CORPORATION

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SOUTHEASTERN EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 SOUTHEASTERN EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS OF MEMPHIS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 25 

			
	 SOUTHEASTERN PHYSICIAN
 ASSOCIATES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TEAM ANESTHESIA, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TEAM HEALTH BILLING SERVICES, L.P.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TEAM HEALTH FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 TEAM HEALTH, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 ACCESS NURSE PM, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 26 

			
	 NORTHWEST EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS, INCORPORATED

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 NORTHWEST HOSPITAL MEDICINE
 PHYSICIANS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 GREENBRIER EMERGENCY
 PHYSICIANS, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 HEALTH CARE ALLIANCE, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 KELLY MEDICAL SERVICES
 CORPORATION

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 MEDICAL SERVICES, INC.

		
	 by
	 	 /s/ Robert J. Abramowski
  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 27 

			
	 Accepted:

	
	 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Illegible
  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 for itself and on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers 
  

 28

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00100-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00100-of-00352.parquet"}]]